Top Banner
Unity University Faculty of Engineering Department of Mining Engineering GENERAL GEOLOGY (Geol 2081) Chapter-3 Minerals and Rocks Tadesse Alemu Director Basic Geoscience Mapping Directorate Geological Survey of Ethiopia
113

unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Jun 24, 2018

Download

Documents

doantuyen
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Unity University Faculty of Engineering

Department of Mining Engineering

GENERAL GEOLOGY (Geol 2081)

Chapter-3

Minerals and Rocks

Tadesse Alemu Director

Basic Geoscience Mapping DirectorateGeological Survey of Ethiopia

October 2012Addis Ababa

Table of Contents

Table of Contents i

3 MINERALS AND ROCKS 2

31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals 2

32 Igneous Rocks 15

321 Origin of Igneous rocks 15

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies 23

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks 29

324 Classification of Igneous rocks 34

33 Sedimentary Rocks 1

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks 1

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks 13

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks 20

34 Metamorphic Rocks 22

341 Definitions of Metamorphism 22

342 Types of Metamorphism 24

343 Grade of Metamorphism 28

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks 31

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks 36

i

3 MINERALS AND ROCKS

The Earth is composed of rocks Rocks are aggregates of minerals Minerals are composed of atoms In order to understand rocks we must first have an understanding of minerals In order to understand minerals we must have some basic understanding of atoms - what they are and how they interact with one another to form minerals

31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals

Definition of a Mineral Naturally formed it forms in nature on its own Solid (it cannot be a liquid or a gas) With a definite chemical composition (every time we see the same mineral it has

the same chemical composition that can be expressed by a chemical formula) and Characteristic crystalline structure (atoms are arranged within the mineral in a

specific ordered manner)

Examples Glass - can be naturally formed (volcanic glass called obsidian) is a solid its

chemical composition however is not always the same and it does not have a crystalline structure Thus glass is not a mineral

Ice - is naturally formed is solid and does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula H2O Thus ice is a mineral but liquid water is not (since it is not solid)

Halite (salt) - is naturally formed is solid does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula NaCl and does have a definite crystalline structure Thus halite is a mineral

Therefore a mineral is a naturally occurring inorganic solid with a definite composition and a regular internal crystal structure

Atomic Chemistry and Bonding

All matter is made up of atoms and all atoms are made up of three main particles known as protons neutrons and electrons As summarized in the following table protons are positively charged neutrons are uncharged and electrons are negatively charged The negative charge of one electron balances the positive charge of one proton Both protons and neutrons have a mass of 1 while electrons have almost no mass

2

The simplest atom is that of hydrogen which has one proton and one electron The proton forms the nucleus of hydrogen while the electron orbits around it All other elements have neutrons as well as protons in their nucleus The positively-charged protons tend to repel each other and the neutrons help to hold the nucleus together For most of the 16 lightest elements (up to oxygen) the number of neutrons is equal to the number of protons For most of the remaining elements there are more neutrons than protons because with increasing numbers of protons concentrated in a very small space more and more extra neutrons are needed to overcome the mutual repulsion of the protons in order to keep the nucleus together The number of protons is the atomic number the number of protons plus neutrons is the atomic weight For example silicon has 14 protons 14 neutrons and 14 electrons Its atomic number is 14 and its atomic weight is 28 The most common isotope of uranium has 92 protons and 146 neutrons Its atomic number is 92 and its atomic weight is 238 (92+146)

Electron orbits around the nucleus of an atom are arranged in what we call shells The first shell can hold only two electrons while the next shell will hold only eight electrons Subsequent shells can hold more electrons but the outermost shell of any atom will hold no more than eight electrons These outermost shells are generally involved in bonding between atoms and bonding takes place between atoms that do not have the full complement of eight electrons in their outer shells (or two in the first shell for the very light elements)

To be chemically stable an atom seeks to have a full outer shell (ie 8 electrons for most elements or 2 electrons for the very light elements) This is accomplished by lending borrowing or sharing electrons with other atoms Elements that already have their outer orbits filled are considered to be inert they do not readily take part in chemical reactions These noble elements include the gases in the right-hand column of the periodic table helium neon argon etc

Sodium has 11 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 1 in the third Sodium readily gives up this third shell electron and because it loses a negative charge it becomes positively charged Chlorine on the other hand has 17 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 7 in the third Chlorine readily accepts an eighth electron for its

Elementary particle

Charge Mass

Electron -1 ~0 Proton +1 1 Neutron 0 1

3

third shell and thus becomes negatively charged In changing their number of electrons these atoms become ions - the sodium a positive ion or cation the chlorine a negative ion or anion The electronic attraction between these ions is known as an ionic bond Electrons can be thought of as being transferred from one atom to another in an ionic bond Common table salt (NaCl) is a mineral composed of chlorine and sodium linked together by ionic bonds The mineral name for NaCl is halite An element like chlorine can also form bonds without forming ions For example two chlorine atoms which each seek an eighth electron in their outer shell can share an electron in what is known as a covalent bond to form the gas Cl2 Electrons are shared in a covalent bond Carbon has 6 protons and 6 electrons 2 in the inner shell and 4 in the outer shell Carbon would need to gain or lose 4 electrons to have a filled outer shell and this would create too great a charge imbalance for the ion to be stable On the other hand carbon can share electrons to create covalent bonds Each carbon atom shares electrons with adjacent carbon atoms In the mineral diamond the carbon atoms are linked together in a three-dimensional framework where every bond is a strong covalent bond In the mineral graphite the carbon atoms are linked together in a two-dimensional hexagonal framework of covalent bonds Graphite is soft because the bonding between these sheets is relatively weak

Isotopes are atoms of the same element with differing numbers of neutrons ie the number of neutrons may vary within atoms of the same element Some isotopes are unstable which results in radioactivity

ExampleK (potassium) has 19 protons Every atom of K has 19 protons Atomic number of K = 19 Some atoms of K have 20 neutrons others have 21 and others have 22 Thus atomic weight of K can be 39 40 or 41 40K is radioactive and decays to 40Ar and 40Ca

Structure of Atoms

Electrons orbit around the nucleus in different shells labeled from the innermost shell as K L M N etc Each shell can have a certain number of electrons The K-shell can have 2 Electrons the L-shell 8 the M-shell 18 N-shell 32

electrons = 2N2 where N=1 for the K shell N=2 for the L shell N=3 for the M shell etcA Stable electronic configuration for an atom is one 8 electrons in outer shell (except in the K shell which is completely filled with only 2 electrons) Thus atoms often loose electrons or gain electrons to obtain stable configuration Noble gases have completely

4

filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

Types of bonding

Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

5

Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

6

Crystal Structure

Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

7

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

8

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 2: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Table of Contents

Table of Contents i

3 MINERALS AND ROCKS 2

31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals 2

32 Igneous Rocks 15

321 Origin of Igneous rocks 15

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies 23

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks 29

324 Classification of Igneous rocks 34

33 Sedimentary Rocks 1

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks 1

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks 13

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks 20

34 Metamorphic Rocks 22

341 Definitions of Metamorphism 22

342 Types of Metamorphism 24

343 Grade of Metamorphism 28

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks 31

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks 36

i

3 MINERALS AND ROCKS

The Earth is composed of rocks Rocks are aggregates of minerals Minerals are composed of atoms In order to understand rocks we must first have an understanding of minerals In order to understand minerals we must have some basic understanding of atoms - what they are and how they interact with one another to form minerals

31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals

Definition of a Mineral Naturally formed it forms in nature on its own Solid (it cannot be a liquid or a gas) With a definite chemical composition (every time we see the same mineral it has

the same chemical composition that can be expressed by a chemical formula) and Characteristic crystalline structure (atoms are arranged within the mineral in a

specific ordered manner)

Examples Glass - can be naturally formed (volcanic glass called obsidian) is a solid its

chemical composition however is not always the same and it does not have a crystalline structure Thus glass is not a mineral

Ice - is naturally formed is solid and does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula H2O Thus ice is a mineral but liquid water is not (since it is not solid)

Halite (salt) - is naturally formed is solid does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula NaCl and does have a definite crystalline structure Thus halite is a mineral

Therefore a mineral is a naturally occurring inorganic solid with a definite composition and a regular internal crystal structure

Atomic Chemistry and Bonding

All matter is made up of atoms and all atoms are made up of three main particles known as protons neutrons and electrons As summarized in the following table protons are positively charged neutrons are uncharged and electrons are negatively charged The negative charge of one electron balances the positive charge of one proton Both protons and neutrons have a mass of 1 while electrons have almost no mass

2

The simplest atom is that of hydrogen which has one proton and one electron The proton forms the nucleus of hydrogen while the electron orbits around it All other elements have neutrons as well as protons in their nucleus The positively-charged protons tend to repel each other and the neutrons help to hold the nucleus together For most of the 16 lightest elements (up to oxygen) the number of neutrons is equal to the number of protons For most of the remaining elements there are more neutrons than protons because with increasing numbers of protons concentrated in a very small space more and more extra neutrons are needed to overcome the mutual repulsion of the protons in order to keep the nucleus together The number of protons is the atomic number the number of protons plus neutrons is the atomic weight For example silicon has 14 protons 14 neutrons and 14 electrons Its atomic number is 14 and its atomic weight is 28 The most common isotope of uranium has 92 protons and 146 neutrons Its atomic number is 92 and its atomic weight is 238 (92+146)

Electron orbits around the nucleus of an atom are arranged in what we call shells The first shell can hold only two electrons while the next shell will hold only eight electrons Subsequent shells can hold more electrons but the outermost shell of any atom will hold no more than eight electrons These outermost shells are generally involved in bonding between atoms and bonding takes place between atoms that do not have the full complement of eight electrons in their outer shells (or two in the first shell for the very light elements)

To be chemically stable an atom seeks to have a full outer shell (ie 8 electrons for most elements or 2 electrons for the very light elements) This is accomplished by lending borrowing or sharing electrons with other atoms Elements that already have their outer orbits filled are considered to be inert they do not readily take part in chemical reactions These noble elements include the gases in the right-hand column of the periodic table helium neon argon etc

Sodium has 11 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 1 in the third Sodium readily gives up this third shell electron and because it loses a negative charge it becomes positively charged Chlorine on the other hand has 17 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 7 in the third Chlorine readily accepts an eighth electron for its

Elementary particle

Charge Mass

Electron -1 ~0 Proton +1 1 Neutron 0 1

3

third shell and thus becomes negatively charged In changing their number of electrons these atoms become ions - the sodium a positive ion or cation the chlorine a negative ion or anion The electronic attraction between these ions is known as an ionic bond Electrons can be thought of as being transferred from one atom to another in an ionic bond Common table salt (NaCl) is a mineral composed of chlorine and sodium linked together by ionic bonds The mineral name for NaCl is halite An element like chlorine can also form bonds without forming ions For example two chlorine atoms which each seek an eighth electron in their outer shell can share an electron in what is known as a covalent bond to form the gas Cl2 Electrons are shared in a covalent bond Carbon has 6 protons and 6 electrons 2 in the inner shell and 4 in the outer shell Carbon would need to gain or lose 4 electrons to have a filled outer shell and this would create too great a charge imbalance for the ion to be stable On the other hand carbon can share electrons to create covalent bonds Each carbon atom shares electrons with adjacent carbon atoms In the mineral diamond the carbon atoms are linked together in a three-dimensional framework where every bond is a strong covalent bond In the mineral graphite the carbon atoms are linked together in a two-dimensional hexagonal framework of covalent bonds Graphite is soft because the bonding between these sheets is relatively weak

Isotopes are atoms of the same element with differing numbers of neutrons ie the number of neutrons may vary within atoms of the same element Some isotopes are unstable which results in radioactivity

ExampleK (potassium) has 19 protons Every atom of K has 19 protons Atomic number of K = 19 Some atoms of K have 20 neutrons others have 21 and others have 22 Thus atomic weight of K can be 39 40 or 41 40K is radioactive and decays to 40Ar and 40Ca

Structure of Atoms

Electrons orbit around the nucleus in different shells labeled from the innermost shell as K L M N etc Each shell can have a certain number of electrons The K-shell can have 2 Electrons the L-shell 8 the M-shell 18 N-shell 32

electrons = 2N2 where N=1 for the K shell N=2 for the L shell N=3 for the M shell etcA Stable electronic configuration for an atom is one 8 electrons in outer shell (except in the K shell which is completely filled with only 2 electrons) Thus atoms often loose electrons or gain electrons to obtain stable configuration Noble gases have completely

4

filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

Types of bonding

Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

5

Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

6

Crystal Structure

Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

7

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

8

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 3: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

3 MINERALS AND ROCKS

The Earth is composed of rocks Rocks are aggregates of minerals Minerals are composed of atoms In order to understand rocks we must first have an understanding of minerals In order to understand minerals we must have some basic understanding of atoms - what they are and how they interact with one another to form minerals

31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals

Definition of a Mineral Naturally formed it forms in nature on its own Solid (it cannot be a liquid or a gas) With a definite chemical composition (every time we see the same mineral it has

the same chemical composition that can be expressed by a chemical formula) and Characteristic crystalline structure (atoms are arranged within the mineral in a

specific ordered manner)

Examples Glass - can be naturally formed (volcanic glass called obsidian) is a solid its

chemical composition however is not always the same and it does not have a crystalline structure Thus glass is not a mineral

Ice - is naturally formed is solid and does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula H2O Thus ice is a mineral but liquid water is not (since it is not solid)

Halite (salt) - is naturally formed is solid does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula NaCl and does have a definite crystalline structure Thus halite is a mineral

Therefore a mineral is a naturally occurring inorganic solid with a definite composition and a regular internal crystal structure

Atomic Chemistry and Bonding

All matter is made up of atoms and all atoms are made up of three main particles known as protons neutrons and electrons As summarized in the following table protons are positively charged neutrons are uncharged and electrons are negatively charged The negative charge of one electron balances the positive charge of one proton Both protons and neutrons have a mass of 1 while electrons have almost no mass

2

The simplest atom is that of hydrogen which has one proton and one electron The proton forms the nucleus of hydrogen while the electron orbits around it All other elements have neutrons as well as protons in their nucleus The positively-charged protons tend to repel each other and the neutrons help to hold the nucleus together For most of the 16 lightest elements (up to oxygen) the number of neutrons is equal to the number of protons For most of the remaining elements there are more neutrons than protons because with increasing numbers of protons concentrated in a very small space more and more extra neutrons are needed to overcome the mutual repulsion of the protons in order to keep the nucleus together The number of protons is the atomic number the number of protons plus neutrons is the atomic weight For example silicon has 14 protons 14 neutrons and 14 electrons Its atomic number is 14 and its atomic weight is 28 The most common isotope of uranium has 92 protons and 146 neutrons Its atomic number is 92 and its atomic weight is 238 (92+146)

Electron orbits around the nucleus of an atom are arranged in what we call shells The first shell can hold only two electrons while the next shell will hold only eight electrons Subsequent shells can hold more electrons but the outermost shell of any atom will hold no more than eight electrons These outermost shells are generally involved in bonding between atoms and bonding takes place between atoms that do not have the full complement of eight electrons in their outer shells (or two in the first shell for the very light elements)

To be chemically stable an atom seeks to have a full outer shell (ie 8 electrons for most elements or 2 electrons for the very light elements) This is accomplished by lending borrowing or sharing electrons with other atoms Elements that already have their outer orbits filled are considered to be inert they do not readily take part in chemical reactions These noble elements include the gases in the right-hand column of the periodic table helium neon argon etc

Sodium has 11 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 1 in the third Sodium readily gives up this third shell electron and because it loses a negative charge it becomes positively charged Chlorine on the other hand has 17 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 7 in the third Chlorine readily accepts an eighth electron for its

Elementary particle

Charge Mass

Electron -1 ~0 Proton +1 1 Neutron 0 1

3

third shell and thus becomes negatively charged In changing their number of electrons these atoms become ions - the sodium a positive ion or cation the chlorine a negative ion or anion The electronic attraction between these ions is known as an ionic bond Electrons can be thought of as being transferred from one atom to another in an ionic bond Common table salt (NaCl) is a mineral composed of chlorine and sodium linked together by ionic bonds The mineral name for NaCl is halite An element like chlorine can also form bonds without forming ions For example two chlorine atoms which each seek an eighth electron in their outer shell can share an electron in what is known as a covalent bond to form the gas Cl2 Electrons are shared in a covalent bond Carbon has 6 protons and 6 electrons 2 in the inner shell and 4 in the outer shell Carbon would need to gain or lose 4 electrons to have a filled outer shell and this would create too great a charge imbalance for the ion to be stable On the other hand carbon can share electrons to create covalent bonds Each carbon atom shares electrons with adjacent carbon atoms In the mineral diamond the carbon atoms are linked together in a three-dimensional framework where every bond is a strong covalent bond In the mineral graphite the carbon atoms are linked together in a two-dimensional hexagonal framework of covalent bonds Graphite is soft because the bonding between these sheets is relatively weak

Isotopes are atoms of the same element with differing numbers of neutrons ie the number of neutrons may vary within atoms of the same element Some isotopes are unstable which results in radioactivity

ExampleK (potassium) has 19 protons Every atom of K has 19 protons Atomic number of K = 19 Some atoms of K have 20 neutrons others have 21 and others have 22 Thus atomic weight of K can be 39 40 or 41 40K is radioactive and decays to 40Ar and 40Ca

Structure of Atoms

Electrons orbit around the nucleus in different shells labeled from the innermost shell as K L M N etc Each shell can have a certain number of electrons The K-shell can have 2 Electrons the L-shell 8 the M-shell 18 N-shell 32

electrons = 2N2 where N=1 for the K shell N=2 for the L shell N=3 for the M shell etcA Stable electronic configuration for an atom is one 8 electrons in outer shell (except in the K shell which is completely filled with only 2 electrons) Thus atoms often loose electrons or gain electrons to obtain stable configuration Noble gases have completely

4

filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

Types of bonding

Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

5

Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

6

Crystal Structure

Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

7

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

8

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 4: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

The simplest atom is that of hydrogen which has one proton and one electron The proton forms the nucleus of hydrogen while the electron orbits around it All other elements have neutrons as well as protons in their nucleus The positively-charged protons tend to repel each other and the neutrons help to hold the nucleus together For most of the 16 lightest elements (up to oxygen) the number of neutrons is equal to the number of protons For most of the remaining elements there are more neutrons than protons because with increasing numbers of protons concentrated in a very small space more and more extra neutrons are needed to overcome the mutual repulsion of the protons in order to keep the nucleus together The number of protons is the atomic number the number of protons plus neutrons is the atomic weight For example silicon has 14 protons 14 neutrons and 14 electrons Its atomic number is 14 and its atomic weight is 28 The most common isotope of uranium has 92 protons and 146 neutrons Its atomic number is 92 and its atomic weight is 238 (92+146)

Electron orbits around the nucleus of an atom are arranged in what we call shells The first shell can hold only two electrons while the next shell will hold only eight electrons Subsequent shells can hold more electrons but the outermost shell of any atom will hold no more than eight electrons These outermost shells are generally involved in bonding between atoms and bonding takes place between atoms that do not have the full complement of eight electrons in their outer shells (or two in the first shell for the very light elements)

To be chemically stable an atom seeks to have a full outer shell (ie 8 electrons for most elements or 2 electrons for the very light elements) This is accomplished by lending borrowing or sharing electrons with other atoms Elements that already have their outer orbits filled are considered to be inert they do not readily take part in chemical reactions These noble elements include the gases in the right-hand column of the periodic table helium neon argon etc

Sodium has 11 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 1 in the third Sodium readily gives up this third shell electron and because it loses a negative charge it becomes positively charged Chlorine on the other hand has 17 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 7 in the third Chlorine readily accepts an eighth electron for its

Elementary particle

Charge Mass

Electron -1 ~0 Proton +1 1 Neutron 0 1

3

third shell and thus becomes negatively charged In changing their number of electrons these atoms become ions - the sodium a positive ion or cation the chlorine a negative ion or anion The electronic attraction between these ions is known as an ionic bond Electrons can be thought of as being transferred from one atom to another in an ionic bond Common table salt (NaCl) is a mineral composed of chlorine and sodium linked together by ionic bonds The mineral name for NaCl is halite An element like chlorine can also form bonds without forming ions For example two chlorine atoms which each seek an eighth electron in their outer shell can share an electron in what is known as a covalent bond to form the gas Cl2 Electrons are shared in a covalent bond Carbon has 6 protons and 6 electrons 2 in the inner shell and 4 in the outer shell Carbon would need to gain or lose 4 electrons to have a filled outer shell and this would create too great a charge imbalance for the ion to be stable On the other hand carbon can share electrons to create covalent bonds Each carbon atom shares electrons with adjacent carbon atoms In the mineral diamond the carbon atoms are linked together in a three-dimensional framework where every bond is a strong covalent bond In the mineral graphite the carbon atoms are linked together in a two-dimensional hexagonal framework of covalent bonds Graphite is soft because the bonding between these sheets is relatively weak

Isotopes are atoms of the same element with differing numbers of neutrons ie the number of neutrons may vary within atoms of the same element Some isotopes are unstable which results in radioactivity

ExampleK (potassium) has 19 protons Every atom of K has 19 protons Atomic number of K = 19 Some atoms of K have 20 neutrons others have 21 and others have 22 Thus atomic weight of K can be 39 40 or 41 40K is radioactive and decays to 40Ar and 40Ca

Structure of Atoms

Electrons orbit around the nucleus in different shells labeled from the innermost shell as K L M N etc Each shell can have a certain number of electrons The K-shell can have 2 Electrons the L-shell 8 the M-shell 18 N-shell 32

electrons = 2N2 where N=1 for the K shell N=2 for the L shell N=3 for the M shell etcA Stable electronic configuration for an atom is one 8 electrons in outer shell (except in the K shell which is completely filled with only 2 electrons) Thus atoms often loose electrons or gain electrons to obtain stable configuration Noble gases have completely

4

filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

Types of bonding

Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

5

Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

6

Crystal Structure

Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

7

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

8

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 5: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

third shell and thus becomes negatively charged In changing their number of electrons these atoms become ions - the sodium a positive ion or cation the chlorine a negative ion or anion The electronic attraction between these ions is known as an ionic bond Electrons can be thought of as being transferred from one atom to another in an ionic bond Common table salt (NaCl) is a mineral composed of chlorine and sodium linked together by ionic bonds The mineral name for NaCl is halite An element like chlorine can also form bonds without forming ions For example two chlorine atoms which each seek an eighth electron in their outer shell can share an electron in what is known as a covalent bond to form the gas Cl2 Electrons are shared in a covalent bond Carbon has 6 protons and 6 electrons 2 in the inner shell and 4 in the outer shell Carbon would need to gain or lose 4 electrons to have a filled outer shell and this would create too great a charge imbalance for the ion to be stable On the other hand carbon can share electrons to create covalent bonds Each carbon atom shares electrons with adjacent carbon atoms In the mineral diamond the carbon atoms are linked together in a three-dimensional framework where every bond is a strong covalent bond In the mineral graphite the carbon atoms are linked together in a two-dimensional hexagonal framework of covalent bonds Graphite is soft because the bonding between these sheets is relatively weak

Isotopes are atoms of the same element with differing numbers of neutrons ie the number of neutrons may vary within atoms of the same element Some isotopes are unstable which results in radioactivity

ExampleK (potassium) has 19 protons Every atom of K has 19 protons Atomic number of K = 19 Some atoms of K have 20 neutrons others have 21 and others have 22 Thus atomic weight of K can be 39 40 or 41 40K is radioactive and decays to 40Ar and 40Ca

Structure of Atoms

Electrons orbit around the nucleus in different shells labeled from the innermost shell as K L M N etc Each shell can have a certain number of electrons The K-shell can have 2 Electrons the L-shell 8 the M-shell 18 N-shell 32

electrons = 2N2 where N=1 for the K shell N=2 for the L shell N=3 for the M shell etcA Stable electronic configuration for an atom is one 8 electrons in outer shell (except in the K shell which is completely filled with only 2 electrons) Thus atoms often loose electrons or gain electrons to obtain stable configuration Noble gases have completely

4

filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

Types of bonding

Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

5

Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

6

Crystal Structure

Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

7

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

8

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 6: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

Types of bonding

Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

5

Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

6

Crystal Structure

Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

7

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

8

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 7: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

6

Crystal Structure

Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

7

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

8

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 8: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Crystal Structure

Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

7

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

8

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 9: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

8

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 10: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 11: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 12: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 13: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 14: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 15: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 16: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 17: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 18: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 19: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 20: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 21: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 22: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 23: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 24: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 25: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 26: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 27: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 28: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 29: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 30: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 31: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 32: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 33: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 34: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 35: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 36: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 37: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 38: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 39: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 40: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 41: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 42: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 43: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 44: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 45: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 46: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 47: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 48: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 49: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 50: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 51: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 52: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 53: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 54: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 55: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 56: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 57: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 58: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 59: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 60: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 61: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 62: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 63: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 64: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 65: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 66: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 67: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 68: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 69: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 70: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 71: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 72: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 73: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 74: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 75: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 76: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 77: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 78: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks
Page 79: unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks